blob: a13705ae7a846bc5d7f51a21e21f81c4fc87810e [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500188 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
189 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
190 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
191 /lib Architecture specific library files
192 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
193 /cpu CPU specific files
194 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
195 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
196 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
198 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
201 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
202 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400203 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
204 /cpu CPU specific files
205 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500206/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
207/board Board dependent files
208/common Misc architecture independent functions
209/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
210/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
211/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400212/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500213/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
214/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
215/include Header Files
216/lib Files generic to all architectures
217 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
218 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
219 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
220/net Networking code
221/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400222/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500223/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000224
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000225Software Configuration:
226=======================
227
228Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
229rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
230
231There are two classes of configuration variables:
232
233* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
234 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
235 "CONFIG_".
236
237* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
238 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
239 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200240 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000241
242Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
243identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
244do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
245links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
246as an example here.
247
248
249Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
250---------------------------------------------------
251
252For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200253configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Example: For a TQM823L module type:
256
257 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200258 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200260For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200261e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000262directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
263
264
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600265Sandbox Environment:
266--------------------
267
268U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
269board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
270specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
271run some of U-Boot's tests.
272
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530273See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600274
275
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700276Board Initialisation Flow:
277--------------------------
278
279This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
280SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL
281mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each
282function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this.
283At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
284
285Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after
286that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below.
287
288lowlevel_init():
289 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
290 - no global_data or BSS
291 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
292 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
293 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
294 board_init_f()
295 - this is almost never needed
296 - return normally from this function
297
298board_init_f():
299 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
300 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
301 - global_data is available
302 - stack is in SRAM
303 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
304 only stack variables and global_data
305
306 Non-SPL-specific notes:
307 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
308 can do nothing
309
310 SPL-specific notes:
311 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
312 version as needed.
313 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
314 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
315 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
316 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
317 directly)
318
319Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
320this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
321CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
322memory.
323
324board_init_r():
325 - purpose: main execution, common code
326 - global_data is available
327 - SDRAM is available
328 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
329 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
330
331 Non-SPL-specific notes:
332 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
333 there.
334
335 SPL-specific notes:
336 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
337 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
338 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
339 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
340 spl_board_init() function containing this call
341 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
342
343
344
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000345Configuration Options:
346----------------------
347
348Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
349such information is kept in a configuration file
350"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
351
352Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
353"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
354
355
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000356Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
357kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
358build a config tool - later.
359
360
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000361The following options need to be configured:
362
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500363- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000364
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500365- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200366
367- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100368 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000369
370- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
371 Define exactly one of
372 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
373--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
374 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
375 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
376
377- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
378 Define exactly one of
379 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
380
381- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
382 Define one or more of
383 CONFIG_CMA302
384
385- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
386 Define one or more of
387 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200388 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000389 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
390
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530391- Marvell Family Member
392 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
393 multiple fs option at one time
394 for marvell soc family
395
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200396- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000397 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
398 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000399 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
400 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000401 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
402 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000403
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000404- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200405 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
406 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000407 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000408 See doc/README.MPC866
409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200410 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000411
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000412 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
413 of relying on the correctness of the configured
414 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
415 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
416 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200417 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000418
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100419 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
420
421 Define this option if you want to enable the
422 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
423
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600424- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000425 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
426
427 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
428 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
429 compliance, among other possible reasons.
430
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
432
433 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
434 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
435 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
436
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
438
439 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
440 tree nodes for the given platform.
441
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000442 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
443
444 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
445 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
446 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
447 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
448 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
449 purpose.
450
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
452
453 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
454 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
459
460 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
461 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
462
463 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
464 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
465 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
466 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
467
468 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
469 this erratum.
470
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530471 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
472 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800473 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530474
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530475 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
476 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800477 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530478
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
480
481 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
482 according to the A004510 workaround.
483
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
485 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
486 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
487
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
489 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
490 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
491
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
493 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
494 connected to the DSP core.
495
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
497 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
498
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
500 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
501 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
502 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
503
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530504 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
505 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
506 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
507
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800508 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800509 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800510 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
511
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000512- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700513 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
514 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
515 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
516 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
517 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
518
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000519 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
520
521 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
522 values is arch specific.
523
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
525 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
526 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
527 SoCs.
528
529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
530 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
531
532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
533 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
534 deskew training are not available.
535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
537 Freescale DDR1 controller.
538
539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
540 Freescale DDR2 controller.
541
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
543 Freescale DDR3 controller.
544
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
546 Freescale DDR4 controller.
547
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
549 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
550
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
552 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
553 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
554 implemetation.
555
556 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
557 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
558 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
559 implementation.
560
561 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
562 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700563 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
564
565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
566 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
567 DDR3L controllers.
568
569 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
570 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
571 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700572
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530573 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
574 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
577 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
578
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530579 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
580 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
581 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
582
583 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
584 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
585 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
586 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
587
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530588 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
589 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
590 concatenated with u-boot binary.
591
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800592 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
593 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
594
595 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
596 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
597
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800598 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
599 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
600 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
601 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
602
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800603 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
604 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
605 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
606 SoCs with ARM core.
607
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700608 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
609 Number of controllers used as main memory.
610
611 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
612 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
613
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530614 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
615 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
616
617 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
618 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
619
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100620- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200621 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100622
623 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
624 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
625 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200627 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200628
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100629 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
630 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200631 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100632 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200633
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200634- MIPS CPU options:
635 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
636
637 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
638 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
639 relocation.
640
641 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
642
643 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
644 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
645 Possible values are:
646 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
647 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
648 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
649 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
650 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
651 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
652 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
653 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
654
655 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
656
657 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
658 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
659
660 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
661
662 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
663 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
664 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
665
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000666- ARM options:
667 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
668
669 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
670 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
671
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000672 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
673
674 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
675 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
676 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
677 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
678 GCC.
679
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000680 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000681 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
682 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
683 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500684 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500685 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000686
687 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
688 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
689 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
690 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
691 set these options unless they apply!
692
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700693 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
694 Generic timer clock source frequency.
695
696 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
697 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
698 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
699 at run time.
700
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500701 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
702 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
703 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
Nishanth Menon5902f4c2015-03-09 17:12:01 -0500704 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
Nishanth Menonb45c48a2015-03-09 17:12:00 -0500705 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
Nishanth Menon9b4d65f2015-03-09 17:12:02 -0500706 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500707 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
Nishanth Menona615d0b2015-07-27 16:26:05 -0500708 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500709
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700710- Tegra SoC options:
711 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
712
713 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
714 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
715 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
716
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000717- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000718 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
719
720 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
721 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
722 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
723 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
724 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
725 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
726 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000727 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100728 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000729 default environment.
730
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000731 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
732
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800733 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000734 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
735 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
736
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400737 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200738
739 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400740 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
741 concepts).
742
743 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
744 * New libfdt-based support
745 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500746 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400747
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200748 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
749 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
750 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
751 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200752 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600753 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200754
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200755 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
756 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500757
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600758 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
759
760 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
761 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000762
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600763 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
764
765 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
766 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
767 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
768 the kernel.
769
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500770 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
771
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200772 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500773 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
774
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200775 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
776
777 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
778 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
779 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
780 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
781 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
782 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
783
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000784 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
785
786 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
787 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
788 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
789 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
790 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
791 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
792 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
793
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100794- vxWorks boot parameters:
795
796 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
797 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
798 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
799
800 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
801 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
802 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
803 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
804
805 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
806
807 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
808
809 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
810 the defaults discussed just above.
811
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000812- Cache Configuration:
813 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
814 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
815 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
816
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000817- Cache Configuration for ARM:
818 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
819 controller
820 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
821 controller register space
822
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000823- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200824 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000825
826 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
827
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200828 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000829
830 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
831
832 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
833
834 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
835 the clock speed of the UARTs.
836
837 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
838
839 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
840 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
841 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
842
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400843 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
844
845 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
846 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000847
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000848- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000849 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
850 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
851 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
852 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000853
854 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
855 port routines must be defined elsewhere
856 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
857
858 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
859 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000860 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000861 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
862 (default big endian)
863 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
864 rectangle fill
865 (cf. smiLynxEM)
866 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
867 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
868 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
869 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000870 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
871 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000872 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
873 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000874 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000875 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
876 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
877 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
878 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
879 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
880 (i.e. i8042_getc)
881 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
882 (requires blink timer
883 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200884 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000885 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
886 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500887 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000888 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
889 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000890 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
891 linux_logo.h for logo.
892 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000893 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200894 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000895 the logo
896
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000897 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
898 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
899 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
900
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000901 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
902 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
903 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000904
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000905 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
906 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
907 the "silent" environment variable. See
908 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000909
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200910 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
911 is 0x00.
912 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
913 is 0xa0.
914
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000915- Console Baudrate:
916 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
917 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200918 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
919 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000920
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100921- Console Rx buffer length
922 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
923 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100924 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100925 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
926 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
927 the SMC.
928
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000929- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200930 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
931 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
932 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
933 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
934 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
935 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
936 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200937 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200938 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000939
Hans de Goedea8552c72015-05-05 13:13:36 +0200940 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the
941 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack.
942
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200943 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
944 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000945
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000946- Safe printf() functions
947 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
948 the printf() functions. These are defined in
949 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
950 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
951 If this option is not given then these functions will
952 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
953 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
954
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000955- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
956 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
957 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000958 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
959 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000960
961 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
962 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
963 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
964 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
965 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
966 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
967 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
968 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000969 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
970 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
971
972- Autoboot Command:
973 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
974 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
975 define a command string that is automatically executed
976 when no character is read on the console interface
977 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
978
979 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000980 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
981 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
982 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000983
984 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000985 The value of these goes into the environment as
986 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
987 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200988 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000989
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100990- Bootcount:
991 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
992 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
993 cycle, see:
994 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
995
996 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
997 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
998 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
999 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
1000 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
1001 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
1002 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
1003 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
1004 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
1005
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001006- Pre-Boot Commands:
1007 CONFIG_PREBOOT
1008
1009 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
1010 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
1011 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
1012 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1013 entering interactive mode.
1014
1015 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1016 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1017 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1018 modified when the user holds down a certain
1019 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1020 booting the systems
1021
1022- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1023 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1024 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1025 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1026 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1027 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1028 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1029 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1030
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001031- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001032 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1033 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001034 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001035
1036- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001037 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1038 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +00001039 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershbergeref0f2f52015-06-22 16:15:30 -05001040 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001041
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001042 The default command configuration includes all commands
1043 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001044
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +01001045 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001046 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001047 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1048 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1049 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1050 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1051 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -04001052 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001053 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -08001054 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001055 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -05001056 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001057 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1058 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1059 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -06001060 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1061 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1062 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1063 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001064 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1065 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -05001066 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001067 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1068 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -06001069 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -06001070 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -05001071 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001072 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001073 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1074 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -07001075 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1076 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +01001077 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -05001078 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001079 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001080 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001081 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1082 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001083 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001084 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001085 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001086 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001087 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001088 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1089 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1090 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1091 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001092 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001093 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001094 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001095 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001096 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001097 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001098 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1099 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1100 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1101 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001102 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001103 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1104 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001105 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1106 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001107 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001108 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001109 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001110 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001111 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001112 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001113 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1114 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1115 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001116 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001117 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1118 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001119 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001120 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001121 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001122 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1123 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1124 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1125 host
1126 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001127 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001128 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1129 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001130 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001131 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1132 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1133 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1134 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1135 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1136 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001137 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001138 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001139 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001140 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001141 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001142 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001143 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001144 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001145 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1146 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001147 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001148 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001149 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001150 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001151 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001152
1153 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1154 support you can write:
1155
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001156 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1157 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001158
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001159 Other Commands:
1160 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001161
1162 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001163 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001164 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1165 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1166 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1167 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1168 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1169 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001170
1171
1172 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1173
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001174- Regular expression support:
1175 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001176 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1177 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1178 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1179 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001180
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001181- Device tree:
1182 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1183 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1184 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1185 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1186 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1187 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1188
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001189 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1190 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001191
1192 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1193 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1194 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1195 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1196 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1197 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001198
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001199 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1200 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1201 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1202 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1203
1204 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1205
1206 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1207 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1208 still use the individual files if you need something more
1209 exotic.
1210
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001211- Watchdog:
1212 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1213 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001214 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1215 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1216 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1217 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1218 available, then no further board specific code should
1219 be needed to use it.
1220
1221 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1222 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1223 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1224 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001225
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001226 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1227 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1228
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001229- U-Boot Version:
1230 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1231 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1232 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1233 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001234 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1235 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001236
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001237- Real-Time Clock:
1238
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001239 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001240 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1241 following options:
1242
1243 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1244 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001245 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001246 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001247 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001248 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001249 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001250 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001251 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001252 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001253 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001254 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001255 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1256 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001257
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001258 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1259 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1260
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001261- GPIO Support:
1262 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001263
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001264 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1265 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1266 pins supported by a particular chip.
1267
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001268 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1269 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1270
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001271- I/O tracing:
1272 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1273 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1274 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1275 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1276 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1277 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1278 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1279 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1280
1281 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1282 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1283 still continue to operate.
1284
1285 iotrace is enabled
1286 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1287 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1288 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1289 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1290 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1291 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1292
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001293- Timestamp Support:
1294
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001295 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1296 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1297 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001298 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001299
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001300- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1301 Zero or more of the following:
1302 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1303 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1304 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1305 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1306 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1307 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1308 disk/part_efi.c
1309 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001310
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001311 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1312 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001313 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001314
1315- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001316 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1317 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001318
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001319 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1320 be performed by calling the function
1321 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1322 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001323
1324- ATAPI Support:
1325 CONFIG_ATAPI
1326
1327 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1328
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001329- LBA48 Support
1330 CONFIG_LBA48
1331
1332 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001333 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001334 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1335 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001337 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001338 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1339 Default is 32bit.
1340
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001341- SCSI Support:
1342 At the moment only there is only support for the
1343 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1344 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1345
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001346 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1347 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1348 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001349 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1350 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001351 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001352
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001353 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1354 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001355
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001356- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001357 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001358 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1359
1360 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1361 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1362 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1363 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1364
1365 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1366 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1367 example with the "sspi" command.
1368
1369 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1370 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1371 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001372
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001373 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1374 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001375 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001376 write routine for first time initialisation.
1377
1378 CONFIG_TULIP
1379 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1380 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1381 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1382
1383 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1384 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1385
1386 CONFIG_NS8382X
1387 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1388
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001389- NETWORK Support (other):
1390
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001391 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1392 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1393
1394 CONFIG_RMII
1395 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1396
1397 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1398 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1399 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1400
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001401 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1402 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1403
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001404 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001405 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1406
1407 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1408 Define this to hold the physical address
1409 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1410
1411 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1412 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1413
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001414 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001415 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1416
1417 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1418 Define this to hold the physical address
1419 of the device (I/O space)
1420
1421 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1422 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1423
1424 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1425 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1426 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1427
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001428 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1429 Support for davinci emac
1430
1431 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1432 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1433
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001434 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1435 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1436
1437 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1438 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1439 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1440 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1441 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1442 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1443 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1444 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1445
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001446 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001447 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1448
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001449 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001450 Define this to hold the physical address
1451 of the device (I/O space)
1452
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001453 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001454 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1455
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001456 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001457 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1458 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001459 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001460
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001461 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1462 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1463
1464 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1465 Define the number of ports to be used
1466
1467 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1468 Define the ETH PHY's address
1469
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001470 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1471 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1472
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001473- PWM Support:
1474 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1475 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1476
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001477- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001478 CONFIG_TPM
1479 Support TPM devices.
1480
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001481 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1482 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1483 per system is supported at this time.
1484
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001485 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1486 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1487
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001488 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1489 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1490
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001491 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001492 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1493 per system is supported at this time.
1494
1495 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1496 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1497 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1498 0xfed40000.
1499
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001500 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1501 Add tpm monitor functions.
1502 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1503 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1504
1505 CONFIG_TPM
1506 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1507 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1508 Requires support for a TPM device.
1509
1510 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1511 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1512 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1513
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001514- USB Support:
1515 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001516 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001517 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1518 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001519 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001520 storage devices.
1521 Note:
1522 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1523 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001524 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1525 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1526 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001527 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1528 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001529 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1530 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1531 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001532 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1533 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001534 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001535 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1536 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001537
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001538 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1539 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1540
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001541 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1542 HW module registers.
1543
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001544- USB Device:
1545 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1546 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1547 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001548 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001549 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1550 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001551 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001552 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1553 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1554 a Linux host by
1555 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1556 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1557 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1558 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001559
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001560 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1561 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001562
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001563 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1564 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1565 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001566
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301567 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1568 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1569 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1570 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1571 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1572 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1573 speed.
1574
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001575 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001576 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1577 be set to usbtty.
1578
1579 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001580 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001581 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001582 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001583
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001584 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001585 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001586 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001587
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001588 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001589 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001590 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001591 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1592 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1593 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1594
1595 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1596 Define this string as the name of your company for
1597 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001598
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001599 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1600 Define this string as the name of your product
1601 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1602
1603 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1604 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1605 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1606 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1607 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001608
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001609 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1610 Define this as the unique Product ID
1611 for your device
1612 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001613
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001614- ULPI Layer Support:
1615 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1616 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1617 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1618 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1619 viewport is supported.
1620 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1621 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001622 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1623 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1624 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001625
1626- MMC Support:
1627 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1628 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1629 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1630 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001631 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1632 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001633
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001634 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1635 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1636
1637 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1638 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1639
1640 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1641 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1642
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001643 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1644 Enable the generic MMC driver
1645
1646 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1647 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1648
1649 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1650 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1651 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1652
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001653- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001654 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001655 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1656
1657 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1658 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1659 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1660 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1661 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1662
1663 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1664 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1665
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001666 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1667 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1668
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301669 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1670 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1671 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1672 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1673 one that would help mostly the developer.
1674
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001675 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1676 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1677 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1678 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1679 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1680
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001681 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1682 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1683 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1684 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1685 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1686 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1687
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001688 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1689 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1690 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1691 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1692
1693 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1694 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1695 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1696 sending again an USB request to the device.
1697
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001698- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowski17da3c02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001699 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1700 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1701
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001702 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1703 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1704 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1705 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1706 used on Android devices.
1707 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1708
1709 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1710 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1711 image format header.
1712
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001713 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001714 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1715 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1716 downloaded images.
1717
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001718 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001719 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1720 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1721 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1722
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001723 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1724 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1725 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1726 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1727
1728 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1729 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1730 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1731 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1732
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001733 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1734 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1735 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1736 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1737 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1738 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1739 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1740 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1741
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001742- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1743 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1744 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1745 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1746
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001747 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1748 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001749 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1750
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001751 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001752 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1753 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1754
1755 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001756 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001757 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1758 have not defined a custom partition
1759
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001760- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1761 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001762
1763 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1764 file in FAT formatted partition.
1765
1766 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1767 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001768
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001769CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1770 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1771
1772 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1773 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1774 and cbfsload.
1775
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301776- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1777 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1778
1779 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1780 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1781
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001782- Keyboard Support:
1783 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1784
1785 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1786 support
1787
1788 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1789 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1790 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1791 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1792 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1793
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001794 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1795 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1796 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1797 which provides key scans on request.
1798
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001799- Video support:
1800 CONFIG_VIDEO
1801
1802 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1803 video).
1804
1805 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1806
1807 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1808
1809 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001810 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001811 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1812 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1813 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001814
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001815 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001816 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001817 are possible:
1818 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001819 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001820
1821 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1822 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1823 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1824 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1825 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1826 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1827 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001828 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1829
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001830 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001831 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001832
1833
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001834 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001835 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001836 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1837 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1838
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001839 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001840 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001841 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1842 support, and should also define these other macros:
1843
1844 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1845 CONFIG_VIDEO
1846 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1847 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1848 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1849 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1850 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1851 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1852
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001853 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1854 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1855 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1856 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001857
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001858
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001859- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001860 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001861
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001862 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1863 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1864 defined in your board-specific files.
1865 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001866
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001867- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1868
1869 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1870 display); also select one of the supported displays
1871 by defining one of these:
1872
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001873 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1874
1875 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1876
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001877 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001878
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001879 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001880
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001881 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001882
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001883 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1884 Active, color, single scan.
1885
1886 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1887
1888 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001889 Active, color, single scan.
1890
1891 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1892
1893 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1894 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1895
1896 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1897
1898 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1899 Active, color, single scan.
1900
1901 CONFIG_HLD1045
1902
1903 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1904 Active, color, single scan.
1905
1906 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1907
1908 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1909 or
1910 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1911 or
1912 Hitachi SP14Q002
1913
1914 320x240. Black & white.
1915
1916 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001917 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001918
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001919 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1920
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001921 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001922 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1923 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1924 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1925 a per-section basis.
1926
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001927 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1928
1929 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1930 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1931 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1932 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001933
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001934 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1935
1936 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1937 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1938 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1939 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1940 printed out.
1941 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1942 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1943 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1944 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1945 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1946 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1947 1 = 90 degree rotation
1948 2 = 180 degree rotation
1949 3 = 270 degree rotation
1950
1951 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1952 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1953
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001954 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1955
1956 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1957
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001958 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1959
1960 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1961 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1962
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001963- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001964
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001965 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1966 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1967 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001968 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001969 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1970 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1971 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1972 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001973
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001974 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1975
1976 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1977 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001978 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001979 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1980 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1981 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1982 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1983 there is no need to set this option.
1984
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001985 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1986
1987 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1988 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1989 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1990 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1991 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1992 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1993
1994 Example:
1995 setenv splashpos m,m
1996 => image at center of screen
1997
1998 setenv splashpos 30,20
1999 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
2000
2001 setenv splashpos -10,m
2002 => vertically centered image
2003 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
2004
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02002005- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
2006
2007 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
2008 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
2009 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
2010
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01002011- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
2012
2013 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
2014 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
2015 bmp command.
2016
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002017- Do compressing for memory range:
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00002018 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
2019
2020 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
2021 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
2022
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002023- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002024 CONFIG_GZIP
2025
2026 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2027
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002028 CONFIG_BZIP2
2029
2030 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2031 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2032 compressed images are supported.
2033
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002034 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002035 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002036 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00002037
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002038 CONFIG_LZMA
2039
2040 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2041 images is included.
2042
2043 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2044 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2045 formula:
2046
2047 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2048
2049 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2050 and Literal pos bits.
2051
2052 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2053 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2054 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2055 a very small buffer.
2056
2057 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2058 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002059 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002060
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002061 CONFIG_LZO
2062
2063 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2064 is included.
2065
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002066- MII/PHY support:
2067 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2068
2069 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2070
2071 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2072
2073 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2074
2075 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2076
2077 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002078 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002079
2080 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2081
2082 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2083 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2084 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2085 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2086
2087 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2088
2089 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2090 command issued before MII status register can be read
2091
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002092- IP address:
2093 CONFIG_IPADDR
2094
2095 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002096 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002097 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002098 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002099
2100- Server IP address:
2101 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2102
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002103 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002104 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002105 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002106
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002107 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2108
2109 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2110 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2111
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002112- Gateway IP address:
2113 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2114
2115 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2116 default router where packets to other networks are
2117 sent to.
2118 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2119
2120- Subnet mask:
2121 CONFIG_NETMASK
2122
2123 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2124 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2125 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2126 forwarded through a router.
2127 (Environment variable "netmask")
2128
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002129- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2130 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2131
2132 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2133 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002134 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002135 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2136 multicast group.
2137
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002138- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2139 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2140
2141 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2142 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2143 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2144 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2145 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2146 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2147 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2148 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002149 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002150
2151 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2152 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2153 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2154 4th and following
2155 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2156
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002157 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2158
2159 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2160 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2161 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2162 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2163 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2164 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2165 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2166 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2167 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2168 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2169 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2170 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2171 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2172 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2173 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2174
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002175- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002176 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2177 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002178
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002179 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2180 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2181 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2182 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2183 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2184 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2185 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2186 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2187 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2188 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2189 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2190 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002191 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002192
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002193 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2194 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002195
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002196 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2197 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2198 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2199 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2200 is not available.
2201
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002202 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2203 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2204 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2205 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2206 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2207 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2208 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002209 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002210
2211 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2212 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2213 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002214 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002215 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2216 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002217
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002218 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2219
2220 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2221 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2222 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2223 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2224 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2225 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2226 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2227 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2228 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2229 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2230 this delay.
2231
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002232 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2233 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2234 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2235 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2236 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2237
2238 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2239
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002240 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002241 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002242
2243 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2244
2245 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2246
2247 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2248 of the device.
2249
2250 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2251
2252 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2253 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002254 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002255
2256 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2257
2258 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2259 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2260
2261 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2262
2263 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2264
2265 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2266
2267 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2268
2269 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2270
2271 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2272
2273 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2274
2275 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2276 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2277
2278 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2279
2280 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2281
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002282- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2283
2284 Several configurations allow to display the current
2285 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2286 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2287 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2288 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2289 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2290 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2291 feature in U-Boot.
2292
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002293 Additional options:
2294
2295 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2296 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2297 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2298 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2299 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2300
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002301 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2302 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2303 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2304 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2305 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2306 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2307
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002308- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2309
2310 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2311 on those systems that support this (optional)
2312 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2313
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002314- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002315
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002316 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2317 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2318 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2319 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2320 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2321 interface.
2322
2323 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002324 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2325 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2326 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2327 for defining speed and slave address
2328 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2329 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2330 for defining speed and slave address
2331 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2332 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2333 for defining speed and slave address
2334 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2335 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2336 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002337
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002338 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2339 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2340 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2341 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2342 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2343 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002344 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002345 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2346 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2347 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2348 second bus.
2349
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002350 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002351 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2352 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2353 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002354
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002355 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2356 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2357 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2358 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2359
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002360 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2361 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2362 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2363 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2364 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2365 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2366 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2367 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002368 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002369 for speed, and 0 for slave.
York Sunf8cb1012015-03-20 10:20:40 -07002370 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2371 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002372
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002373 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2374 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2375 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2376
2377 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2378 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2379 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2380 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2381 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2382 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2383 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2384 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2385 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2386
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002387 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2388 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2389 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2390
2391 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2392 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2393 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2394 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2395 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2396 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2397 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2398 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2399 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2400 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2401 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2402 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002403 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002404
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002405 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2406 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2407 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2408 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2409 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2410 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2411 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2412 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2413 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2414 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2415 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2416 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2417
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002418 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2419 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2420 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2421 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2422
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302423 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2424 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2425 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2426 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2427 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2428
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002429 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2430 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2431 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2432 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2433 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2434 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2435 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2436 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2437 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2438 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2439 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2440 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2441 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2442 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2443
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002444 additional defines:
2445
2446 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002447 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002448 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2449 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2450 omit this define.
2451
2452 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2453 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2454 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2455 omit this define.
2456
2457 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2458 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2459 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2460 define.
2461
2462 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002463 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002464 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2465 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2466 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2467
2468 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2469 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2470 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2471 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2472 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2473 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2474 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2475 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2476 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2477 }
2478
2479 which defines
2480 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002481 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2482 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2483 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2484 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2485 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002486 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002487 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2488 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002489
2490 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2491
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002492- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002493
2494 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2495 provides the following compelling advantages:
2496
2497 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2498 - approved multibus support
2499 - better i2c mux support
2500
2501 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2502
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002503 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2504 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2505 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002506
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002507 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002508 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002509 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2510 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002511 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002512
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002513 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002514
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002515 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002516 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002517
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002518 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002519 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002520 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002521 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002522
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002523 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002524 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002525 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2526 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2527 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002528
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002529 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2530
2531 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2532 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2533 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2534 commands until the slave device responds.
2535
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002536 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002537
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002538 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002539 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2540 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002541
2542 I2C_INIT
2543
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002544 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002545 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002546
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002547 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002548
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002549 I2C_PORT
2550
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002551 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2552 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2553 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002554
2555 I2C_ACTIVE
2556
2557 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2558 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2559 define can be null.
2560
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002561 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2562
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002563 I2C_TRISTATE
2564
2565 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2566 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2567 define can be null.
2568
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002569 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2570
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002571 I2C_READ
2572
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002573 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2574 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002575
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002576 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2577
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002578 I2C_SDA(bit)
2579
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002580 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2581 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002582
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002583 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002584 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002585 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002586
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002587 I2C_SCL(bit)
2588
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002589 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2590 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002591
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002592 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002593 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002594 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002595
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002596 I2C_DELAY
2597
2598 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2599 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002600 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002601 like:
2602
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002603 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002604
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002605 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2606
2607 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2608 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2609 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2610 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2611
2612 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2613 the generic GPIO functions.
2614
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002615 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002616
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002617 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2618 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2619 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2620 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2621 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2622 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2623 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2624 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002625
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002626 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2627
2628 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2629 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2630 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2631 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2632 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2633 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2634 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2635 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2636
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002637 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2638
2639 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2640 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2641 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2642
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002643 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2644
2645 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002646 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2647 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002648 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2649
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002650 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002651
2652 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002653 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002654 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2655 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002656
2657 e.g.
2658 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002659 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002660
2661 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2662
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002663 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002664 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002665
2666 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2667
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002668 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002669
2670 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2671 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2672
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002673 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002674
2675 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2676 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2677
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002678 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002679
2680 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2681 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2682
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002683 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002684
2685 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2686 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2687 specified DTT device.
2688
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002689 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2690
2691 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2692 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2693 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2694 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2695 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2696 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2697 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002698
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002699- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2700
2701 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2702 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2703 D/As on the SACSng board)
2704
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002705 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2706
2707 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2708 only SH7757 is supported.
2709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002710 CONFIG_SPI_X
2711
2712 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2713 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2714
2715 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2716
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002717 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2718 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2719 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2720 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2721 defined, the board configuration must define several
2722 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2723 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002724
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002725 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2726
2727 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2728 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2729 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002730 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002731 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2732
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002733 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2734
2735 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002736 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002737
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002738 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2739 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2740 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2741
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002742- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2743
2744 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2745
2746 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2747
2748 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2749 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2750
2751 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2752
2753 Enables support for FPGA family.
2754 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2755
2756 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002757
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002758 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002759
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302760 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2761
2762 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2763
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002764 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2765
2766 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2767
2768 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2769
2770 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2771 (Xilinx only)
2772
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002773 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002774
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002775 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002776
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002777 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002778
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002779 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2780 status by the configuration function. This option
2781 will require a board or device specific function to
2782 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002783
2784 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2785
2786 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2787 configuration driver.
2788
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002789 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002790 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002792 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002793
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002794 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2795 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2796 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2797 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002799 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002800
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002801 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2802 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002803 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002804 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002805
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002806 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002807
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002808 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002809 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002810
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002811 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002812
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002813 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002814 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002815
2816- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002817 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2818
2819 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2820 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2821 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2822 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2823 make / MAKEALL.
2824
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002825 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2826
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002827 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2828 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002829
2830- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2831
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002832 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2833 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002834 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002835 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2836 protects these variables from casual modification by
2837 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2838 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002839 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002840
2841 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2842 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002843 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002844 these parameters.
2845
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002846 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2847 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002848 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002849 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2850 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2851 read-only.]
2852
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002853 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2854 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2855 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2856 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2857
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002858- Protected RAM:
2859 CONFIG_PRAM
2860
2861 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2862 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2863 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2864 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2865 this default value by defining an environment
2866 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2867 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2868 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2869 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2870 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2871 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2872 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2873
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002874 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002875 saveenv
2876
2877 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2878 either, which results in a memory region that will
2879 not be affected by reboots.
2880
2881 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2882 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2883 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2884 following board configurations are known to be
2885 "pRAM-clean":
2886
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002887 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2888 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002889 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002890
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002891- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2892 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2893 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2894 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2895 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2896 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2897 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2898
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002899- Error Recovery:
2900 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2901
2902 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2903 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2904 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002905 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002906 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2907 useful during development since you can try to debug
2908 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2909
2910 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2911
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002912 This variable defines the number of retries for
2913 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2914 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2915 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002916
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002917 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2918
2919 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2920
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002921 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2922
2923 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2924 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2925 try longer timeout such as
2926 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2927
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002928- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002929 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002930
2931 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2932
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002933 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002934
2935 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2936 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2937 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2938
2939 Note:
2940
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002941 In the current implementation, the local variables
2942 space and global environment variables space are
2943 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2944 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2945 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2946 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2947 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002948
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002949 Global environment variables are those you use
2950 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2951 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2952 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002953
2954 To store commands and special characters in a
2955 variable, please use double quotation marks
2956 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2957 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2958 symbols.
2959
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002960- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002961 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2962
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002963 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002964 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002965
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002966- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002967 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2968
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002969 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2970 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002971 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002972
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002973 For example, place something like this in your
2974 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002975
2976 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2977 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2978 "myvar2=value2\0"
2979
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002980 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2981 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2982 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2983 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002984 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002985 You better know what you are doing here.
2986
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002987 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2988 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002989 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002990 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002991
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002992 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2993
2994 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2995 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2996 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2997
2998 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2999
3000 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
3001 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
3002 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
3003 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
3004 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
3005
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00003006 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
3007
3008 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
3009 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
3010 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
3011
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003012 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
3013
3014 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003015 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003016 that so that the environment is not available until
3017 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3018 this is instead controlled by the value of
3019 /config/load-environment.
3020
Chris Packham3b10cf12015-06-19 20:25:59 +12003021- Parallel Flash support:
3022 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH
3023
3024 Traditionally U-boot was run on systems with parallel NOR
3025 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR
3026 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have
3027 parallel flash.
3028
3029 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers
3030 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be
3031 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the
3032 flash API (see include/flash.h).
3033
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003034- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003035 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3036
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003037 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3038 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3039 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003040
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07003041- Serial Flash support
3042 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3043
3044 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3045 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3046
3047 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3048 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3049 commands.
3050
3051 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3052 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3053 flash is present on the system.
3054
3055 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3056 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3057 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3058 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3059
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00003060 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3061
3062 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3063 test ('sf test').
3064
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303065 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3066
3067 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3068 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003069 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303070
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003071- SystemACE Support:
3072 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3073
3074 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3075 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003076 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003077 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003078
3079 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003080 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003081
3082 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3083 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3084
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003085- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3086 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3087
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003088 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003089 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003090 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003091 number generator is used.
3092
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003093 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3094 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3095 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3096
3097 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003098 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3099 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3100 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3101 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3102 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3103 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3104
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003105- Hashing support:
3106 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3107
3108 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3109 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3110
3111 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3112
3113 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3114 size a little.
3115
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303116 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3117 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3118 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3119 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3120 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3121 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3122 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3123 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3124 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3125 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3126 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3127 is performed in hardware.
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003128
3129 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3130 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3131
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003132- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3133 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3134 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3135 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3136
3137 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3138 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3139 a boot from specific media.
3140
3141 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3142 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3143 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3144 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3145 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3146
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003147- Signing support:
3148 CONFIG_RSA
3149
3150 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003151 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003152
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303153 The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using
3154 driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this
3155 library to function.
3156
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003157 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303158 option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into
3159 mkimage irrespective of this option.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003160
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003161- bootcount support:
3162 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3163
3164 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3165 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3166
3167 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3168 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3169 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3170 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3171 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3172 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3173 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3174 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3175 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3176 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3177 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3178 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3179 the bootcounter.
3180 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003181
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003182- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003183 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3184
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003185 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3186 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3187 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3188 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3189 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3190 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003191
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003192
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003193Legacy uImage format:
3194
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003195 Arg Where When
3196 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003197 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003198 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003199 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003200 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003201 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003202 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3203 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3204 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003205 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003206 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3207 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3208 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3209 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003210 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003211 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003212
3213 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3214 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3215 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3216 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3217 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3218 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3219 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003220 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003221 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3222 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3223
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003224 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003225
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003226 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003227 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3228 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003229
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003230 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3231 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3232 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3233 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3234 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3235 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3236 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3237 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3238 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3239 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3240 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3241 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3242 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3243 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3244 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3245 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3246 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3247 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3248 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3249 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3250 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3251 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3252 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3253 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3254 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3255 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3256 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3257 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3258 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3259 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3260 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3261 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3262 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3263 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3264 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3265 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3266 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3267 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3268 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3269 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3270 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3271 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3272 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3273 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3274 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3275 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3276 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003277
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003278 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003279
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003280 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003281 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3282 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003283
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003284 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05003285 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3286 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3287 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003288 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3289 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003290 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3291 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003292 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003293
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003294FIT uImage format:
3295
3296 Arg Where When
3297 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3298 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3299 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3300 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3301 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3302 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003303 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003304 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3305 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3306 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3307 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3308 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003309 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3310 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003311 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3312 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3313 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3314 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3315 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3316 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3317 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3318 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3319
3320 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3321 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3322 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003323 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003324 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3325 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3326 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3327 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3328 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3329 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3330 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3331 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3332 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3333 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3334 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3335 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3336
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003337 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003338 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3339
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003340 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003341 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3342
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003343 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003344 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3345
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003346- legacy image format:
3347 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3348 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3349
3350 Default:
3351 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3352
3353 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3354 disable the legacy image format
3355
3356 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3357 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3358
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003359- FIT image support:
3360 CONFIG_FIT
3361 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3362
3363 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3364 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3365 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3366 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3367 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3368 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3369
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003370 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3371 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303372 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If
3373 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive
3374 hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it.
3375 See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003376
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003377 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3378 signature check the legacy image format is default
3379 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3380 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3381
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003382 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3383 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3384 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3385 with this option.
3386
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003387- Standalone program support:
3388 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3389
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003390 This option defines a board specific value for the
3391 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3392 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003393 settings.
3394
3395- Frame Buffer Address:
3396 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3397
3398 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003399 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3400 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3401 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3402 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3403 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3404 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3405 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003406
3407 Please see board_init_f function.
3408
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003409- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3410 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3411 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3412 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3413
3414 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3415 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3416
3417- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3418 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3419
3420 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3421 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3422
3423 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3424
3425 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3426 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3427
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003428- UBI support
3429 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3430
3431 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3432 with the UBI flash translation layer
3433
3434 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3435
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003436 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3437
3438 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3439 warnings and errors enabled.
3440
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003441
3442 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3443 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3444 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3445 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3446 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3447 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3448
3449 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3450 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3451 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3452 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3453 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3454
3455 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003456
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003457 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3458 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3459 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3460 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3461 flash), this value is ignored.
3462
3463 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3464 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3465 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3466 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3467 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3468 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3469
3470 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3471 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3472 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3473 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3474 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3475 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3476 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3477 partition.
3478
3479 default: 20
3480
3481 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3482 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3483 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3484 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3485 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3486 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3487 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3488 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3489 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3490 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3491 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3492 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3493
3494 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3495 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3496 without a fastmap.
3497 default: 0
3498
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003499- UBIFS support
3500 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3501
3502 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3503 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3504
3505 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3506
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003507 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3508
3509 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3510 warnings and errors enabled.
3511
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003512- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003513 CONFIG_SPL
3514 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003515
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003516 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3517 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3518
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003519 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3520 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3521 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3522 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003523 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003524 must not be both defined at the same time.
3525
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003526 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003527 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3528 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3529 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3530 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003531
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003532 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3533 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003534
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003535 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3536 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3537 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3538
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003539 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3540 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3541
3542 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003543 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3544 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3545 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003546 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003547 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003548
3549 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3550 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3551
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003552 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3553 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3554 loaded does not have a signature.
3555 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3556 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3557 will be caught.
3558 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3559 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3560 and thus should be skipped silently.
3561
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003562 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3563 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3564 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3565 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3566
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003567 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3568 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3569
3570 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3571 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003572
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003573 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3574 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3575 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3576 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3577
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003578 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3579 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3580 See also: doc/README.falcon
3581
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003582 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3583 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3584 about the running system.
3585
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003586 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3587 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3588
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003589 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3590 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003591
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003592 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3593 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003594
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003595 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3596 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003597
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003598 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3599 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003600
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003601 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3602 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003603
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003604 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3605 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003606 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003607 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3608
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003609 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3610 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3611 used in raw mode
3612
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003613 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3614 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3615 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3616
3617 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3618 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3619 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3620 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3621 (for falcon mode)
3622
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003623 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3624 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3625 used in fs mode
3626
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003627 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3628 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3629
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003630 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3631 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003632
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003633 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3634 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3635
3636 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003637 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003638 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003639
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003640 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003641 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003642 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003643
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003644 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3645 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3646 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3647 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3648 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3649
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303650 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3651 Avoid SPL relocation
3652
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003653 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3654 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3655 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3656
3657 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3658 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3659
3660 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3661 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3662
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003663 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003664 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3665 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003666
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003667 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3668 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3669 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3670
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003671 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3672 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3673 if you need to save space.
3674
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003675 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3676 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003677 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003678
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003679 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3680 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3681 SPL binary.
3682
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003683 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3684 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3685 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3686 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3687 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3688 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003689 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003690
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303691 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3692 Add support NAND boot
3693
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003694 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003695 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3696
3697 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3698 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3699
3700 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3701 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003702
3703 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003704 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003705
3706 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3707 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003708 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003709
3710 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3711 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3712 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3713
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003714 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3715 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003716
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003717 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3718 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003719
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003720 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3721 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003722
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003723 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3724 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3725
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003726 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3727 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003728
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003729 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3730 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3731
3732 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3733 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3734 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3735 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3736
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003737 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003738 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3739 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3740 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3741 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3742 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003743
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003744 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3745 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3746 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3747 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3748
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003749 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3750 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3751 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3752 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3753 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3754
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003755- TPL framework
3756 CONFIG_TPL
3757 Enable building of TPL globally.
3758
3759 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3760 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3761 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003762 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3763 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3764 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003765
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003766Modem Support:
3767--------------
3768
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003769[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003770
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003771- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003772 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3773
3774- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3775 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3776
3777- Modem debug support:
3778 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3779
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003780 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3781 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003782
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003783- Interrupt support (PPC):
3784
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003785 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3786 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003787 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003788 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003789 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003790 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003791 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003792 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3793 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3794 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003795
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003796- General:
3797
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003798 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3799 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3800 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003801 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003802 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3803 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3804 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003805
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003806 If there are no modem init strings in the
3807 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3808 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003809 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810
3811 See also: doc/README.Modem
3812
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003813Board initialization settings:
3814------------------------------
3815
3816During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3817to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3818before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3819following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3820architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3821typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3822
3823- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3824- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3825- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3826- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003827
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828Configuration Settings:
3829-----------------------
3830
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003831- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3832 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3833
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003834- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3836
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003837- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3838 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3839
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003840- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003841 prompt for user input.
3842
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003843- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003844
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003845- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003846
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003847- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003849- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3851 booted
3852
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003853- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003854 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003856- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003857 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003858
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003859- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003860 If the board specific function
3861 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3862 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003863 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3864
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003865- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003866 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003867
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003868- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003869 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3870
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003871- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003872 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3873 simple memory test.
3874
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003875- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003876 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003877
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003878- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003879 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3880 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003882- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3883 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003884 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003885 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003886 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3887 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3888 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003889 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003890 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003891 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003892
3893 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3894 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3895 be touched.
3896
3897 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3898 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3899 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3900 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3901 problems.
3902
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003903- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003904 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3905
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003906- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003907 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3908
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003909- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003910 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3911 Cogent motherboard)
3912
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003913- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003914 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003916- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003917 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3918 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003919 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003920 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003921
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003922- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003923 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3924 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3925 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3926 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003927
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003928- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003929 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3930
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003931- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3932 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3933 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3934 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3935 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3936 space.
3937
3938 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3939 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3940 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003941 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003942 U-Boot relocates itself.
3943
Simon Glasse7b14e92014-09-15 06:33:18 -06003944 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06003945 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3946
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003947- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3948 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3949 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3950 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3951
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003952- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3953 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3954 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3955 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3956 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3957 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3958 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3959 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3960 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3961 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3962 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3963 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3964 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3965 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3966 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3967 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3968
3969 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3970
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003971- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003972 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3973 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003974 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003975 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3976
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003977- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003978 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3979 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003980 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3981 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003982 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003983 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003984 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003985 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3986 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3987 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003988
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003989- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3990 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3991 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3992 is enabled.
3993
3994- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3995 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3996 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3997
3998- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3999 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
4000 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4001
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004002- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004003 Max number of Flash memory banks
4004
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004005- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004006 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4007
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004008- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004009 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4010
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004011- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004012 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4013
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004014- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004015 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4016
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004017- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004018 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4019
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004020- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004021 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4022 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4023
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004024- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004025
4026 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4027 without this option such a download has to be
4028 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4029 copy from RAM to flash.
4030
4031 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4032 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004033 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4034 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004035 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4036
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004037- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004038 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004039 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4040
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02004041- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004042 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4043 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004044
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01004045- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4046 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4047 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4048 to the MTD layer.
4049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004050- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02004051 Use buffered writes to flash.
4052
4053- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4054 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4055 write commands.
4056
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004057- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01004058 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4059 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4060 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4061 optionally available.
4062
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05004063- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4064 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4065 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4066 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4067
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02004068- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4069 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4070 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4071 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4072 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4073 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4074 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4075 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4076
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004077- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004078 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4079 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004080 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4081 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004082 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004083 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4084
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004085- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4086
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02004087 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4088 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4089 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4090 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4091 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004092
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004093- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4094- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004095 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004096 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4097 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4098 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4099
4100 The format of the list is:
4101 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004102 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4103 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004104 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4105 list = entry[,list]
4106
4107 The type attributes are:
4108 s - String (default)
4109 d - Decimal
4110 x - Hexadecimal
4111 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4112 i - IP address
4113 m - MAC address
4114
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004115 The access attributes are:
4116 a - Any (default)
4117 r - Read-only
4118 o - Write-once
4119 c - Change-default
4120
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004121 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4122 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004123 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004124
4125 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4126 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4127 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4128 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4129 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4130 ".flags" variable.
4131
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004132 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4133 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
4134 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
4135
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004136- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4137 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4138 access flags.
4139
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004140- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4141 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4142 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4143 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4144 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4145 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
Masahiro Yamada0a12e682015-03-19 19:42:51 +09004146 must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig).
4147 If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report
4148 the problem and send patches!
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004149
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004150- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4151 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4152 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004153 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004154
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06004155- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4156 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4157 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4158 building U-Boot to enable this.
4159
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004160The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4161of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4162following configurations:
4163
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004164- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4165
4166 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4167 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004169- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004170
4171 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4172
4173 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4174 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4175 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4176 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4177 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4178 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4179 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4180 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4181 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4182 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4183 between U-Boot and the environment.
4184
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004185 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004186
4187 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4188 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4189 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4190 for this sector is given here.
4191
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004192 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004193
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004194 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004195
4196 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4197 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004198 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004199
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004200 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004201
4202 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4203
4204
4205 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4206 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4207 the environment.
4208
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004209 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004211 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004212 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004213 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4214 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4215
4216 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4217 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4218 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4219 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4220 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4221 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4222 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4223 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4224 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4225
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004226 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4227 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004228
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004229 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004230 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004231 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004232 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004233
4234BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4235source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4236accordingly!
4237
4238
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004239- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004240
4241 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4242 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4243 environment.
4244
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004245 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4246 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004247
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004248 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004249 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4250 can just be read and written to, without any special
4251 provision.
4252
4253BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004254in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004255console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004256U-Boot will hang.
4257
4258Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4259environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4260keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4261to save the current settings.
4262
4263
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004264- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004265
4266 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4267 device and a driver for it.
4268
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004269 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4270 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271
4272 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4273 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4274
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004275 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4277 The default address is zero.
4278
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01004279 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4280 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4281
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004282 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004283 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4284 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4285 would require six bits.
4286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004287 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004288 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004289 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004291 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004292 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4293 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4294
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004295 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004296 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4297 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4298 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4299 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4300 byte chips.
4301
4302 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4303 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4304 in the chip address.
4305
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004306 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004307 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4308
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004309 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4310 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4311 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4312
4313 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4314 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4315 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4316 EEPROM. For example:
4317
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004318 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004319
4320 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4321 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004322
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004323- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004324
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004325 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004326 want to use for the environment.
4327
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004328 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4329 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4330 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004331
4332 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4333 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4334 at the specified address.
4335
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004336- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4337
4338 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4339 want to use for the environment.
4340
4341 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4342 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4343
4344 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4345 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4346 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4347
4348 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4349
4350 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4351
4352 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4353
4354 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4355 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4356 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4357 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4358 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4359
4360 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4361 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4362
4363 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4364
4365 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4366
4367 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4368
4369 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4370
4371 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4372
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004373- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4374
4375 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4376 want to use for the local device's environment.
4377
4378 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4379 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4380
4381 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4382 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4383 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004384 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004385
4386BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4387"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004388environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4389but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004390
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004391- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004392
4393 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4394 for the environment.
4395
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004396 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4397 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004398
4399 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004400 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4401 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004402
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004403 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004404
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004405 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004406 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4407 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004408 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004409 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004410
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004411 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4412
4413 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4414 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4415 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4416 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4417 the range to be avoided.
4418
4419 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4420
4421 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4422 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4423 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4424 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4425 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004426
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004427- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4428
4429 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4430 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4431 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4432
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004433- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4434
4435 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4436 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4437 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4438
4439 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4440
4441 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4442
4443 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4444
4445 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4446 environment in.
4447
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004448 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4449
4450 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4451 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4452 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4453
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004454 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4455 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4456
4457 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4458 when storing the env in UBI.
4459
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004460- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4461 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4462
4463 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4464
4465 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4466
4467 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4468
4469 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4470 be as following:
4471
4472 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4473 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4474 partition table.
4475 - "D:0": device D.
4476 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4477 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4478 table.
4479 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004480 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004481 partition table then means device D.
4482
4483 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4484
4485 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004486 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004487
4488 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004489 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004490
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004491- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4492
4493 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4494 environment.
4495
4496 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4497
4498 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4499
4500 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4501
4502 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4503 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4504 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4505
4506 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4507 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4508
4509 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4510 area within the specified MMC device.
4511
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004512 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4513 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4514 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4515 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4516 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4517 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4518 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4519
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004520 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4521 MMC sector boundary.
4522
4523 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4524
4525 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4526 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4527 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4528 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4529
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004530 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4531 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4532
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004533 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4534 an MMC sector boundary.
4535
4536 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4537
4538 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4539 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4540 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4541
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004542- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004543
4544 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4545 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4546 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4547 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4548 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4549 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4550 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4551
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004552Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004553has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004554created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004555until then to read environment variables.
4556
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004557The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4558is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4559with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4560necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4561"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4562have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004563
4564Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4565the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004566use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004567
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004568- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004569 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004570
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004571 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004572 also needs to be defined.
4573
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004574- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004575 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004576
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004577- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4578 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4579 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4580 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4581 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4582 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4583
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004584- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4585 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4586 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4587 to do this.
4588
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004589- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4590 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4591 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4592 present.
4593
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004594- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4595 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4596 build system checks that the actual size does not
4597 exceed it.
4598
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004599Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004600---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004601
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004602- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4604
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004605- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004606 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004607
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004608 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4609 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4610 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004611
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004612- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4613 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4614 PowerPC SOCs.
4615
4616- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4617 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4618 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4619
4620 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4621 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4622
4623- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4624 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4625 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004626 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004627 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4628 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4629 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4630
4631 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4632 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4633
4634- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004635 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4636 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004637 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4638 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4639
4640- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4641 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4642 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4643 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4644
4645- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4646 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4647 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4648
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004649- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004650 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004651
4652 the default drive number (default value 0)
4653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004654 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004655
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004656 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004657 (default value 1)
4658
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004659 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004660
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004661 defines the offset of register from address. It
4662 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004663 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004664
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004665 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4666 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004667 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004668
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004669 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004670 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4671 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004672 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004673 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004674
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004675- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4676 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4677 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4678 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4679 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4680 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004681 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004682
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004683- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004684 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004685 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004687- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004688
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004689 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004690 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4691 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4692 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4693 will become available only after programming the
4694 memory controller and running certain initialization
4695 sequences.
4696
4697 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4698 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4699 - MPC824X: data cache
4700 - PPC4xx: data cache
4701
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004702- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004703
4704 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004705 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4706 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004707 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004708 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004709 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4710 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4711 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004712
4713 Note:
4714 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4715 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004716 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004717 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4718 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4719
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004720- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004721
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004722- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004724- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004726- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004727
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004728- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004729
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004730- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004732- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004733 SDRAM timing
4734
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004735- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004736 periodic timer for refresh
4737
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004738- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004739
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004740- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4741 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4742 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4743 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4745
4746- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004747 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4748 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4750
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004751- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4752 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004753 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4754 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4755
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004756- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4758 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4759
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004760- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004761 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4762 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4763
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004764- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4766 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004768- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004769 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4770 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4771 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4772
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004773- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004774 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4775 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4776 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4777 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004778
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004779- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4780 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4781 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4782 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4783 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4784 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4785 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4786 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004787 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004788
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004789- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4790 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4791 required.
4792
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004793- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004794 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004795 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4796 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4797 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4798 by coreboot or similar.
4799
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004800- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4801 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4802
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004803- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4804 Chip has SRIO or not
4805
4806- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4807 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4808
4809- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4810 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4811
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004812- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4813 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4814
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004815- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4816 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4817
4818- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4819 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4820
4821- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4822 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4823
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004824- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4825 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4826 a 16 bit bus.
4827 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004828 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004829 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004830 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004831
4832- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4833 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4834 a default value will be used.
4835
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004836- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004837 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4838 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4839
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004840 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4841 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4842
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004843- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004844 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4845 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4846 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004847
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004848- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4849 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4850 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4851 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4852 header files or board specific files.
4853
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004854- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4855 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4856
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004857- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4858 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4859
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004860- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4861 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4862
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004863- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004864 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4865 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004866
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004867- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4868 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4869
4870- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4871 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004872 to the given FEC; i. e.
4873 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004874 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4875
4876 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4877
4878- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4879 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4880 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4881
4882- CONFIG_RMII
4883 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4884 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4885 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4886
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004887- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4888 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4889 The syntax is:
4890
4891 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4892
4893 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4894 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4895 area should have.
4896
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004897- CONFIG_LOOPW
4898 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004899 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004900
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004901- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4902 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4903 "md/mw" commands.
4904 Examples:
4905
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004906 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004907 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4908
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004909 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004910 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4911
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004912 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004913 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004914
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004915- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004916 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004917 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4918 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4919 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004920
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004921 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4922 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4923 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4924 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004925
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004926- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004927 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4928 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4929 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004930
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004931- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4932 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4933 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4934 It is loaded by the SPL.
4935
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004936- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4937 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4938 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4939 previous 4k of the .text section.
4940
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004941- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4942 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4943 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4944 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4945 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4946 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4947 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4948 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4949
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004950- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4951 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4952 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4953 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4954 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4955
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004956- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4957 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4958 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004959
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004960- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4961 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4962
4963 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004964
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004965- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4966 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4967
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004968- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4969 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4970 driver that uses this:
4971 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4972
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004973Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4974-----------------------------------
4975
4976The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4977loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4978This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4979are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4980within that device.
4981
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004982- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4983 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4984 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4985 is also specified.
4986
4987- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4988 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004989 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4990 is also specified.
4991
4992- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4993 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4994 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4995 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4996 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4997
4998- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4999 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5000 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
5001 virtual address in NOR flash.
5002
5003- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5004 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5005 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5006
5007- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5008 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5009 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5010
5011- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5012 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5013 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5014
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00005015- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5016 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5017 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00005018 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5019 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5020 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005021
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07005022Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5023---------------------------------------------------------
5024The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5025"firmware".
5026This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5027are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5028within that device.
5029
5030- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5031 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5032
5033- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5034 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5035 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5036 is also specified.
5037
5038- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5039 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5040 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5041 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5042 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5043
5044- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5045 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5046 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5047 virtual address in NOR flash.
5048
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05305049Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
5050-------------------------------------------
5051The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
5052"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
5053This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
5054
5055- CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER
5056 Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs.
5057
5058- CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE
5059 Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image
5060
5061- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE_MIN
5062 Define minimum DDR size to be hided from top of the DDR memory
5063
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02005064Reproducible builds
5065-------------------
5066
5067In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
5068process have to be set to a fixed value.
5069
5070This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
5071SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
5072option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
5073
5074SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
5075
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005076Building the Software:
5077======================
5078
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005079Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5080and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5081all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5082(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5083recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5084which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005085
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005086If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5087have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5088you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5089Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5090necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005091
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005092 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5093 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005094
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05005095Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5096 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5097 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5098 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5099
5100 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5101
5102 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5103 be executed on computers running Windows.
5104
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005105U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5106sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005107is done by typing:
5108
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005109 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005110
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005111where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005112rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00005113
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005114Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5115 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5116 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5117 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005118 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005119
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005120 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005121 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005122
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005123 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005124 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005125
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005126 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005127
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5130images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005132- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5133- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5134- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005135
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005136By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5137in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5138this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5139
51401. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5141
5142 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005143 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005144 make O=/tmp/build all
5145
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020051462. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005147
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005148 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005149 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005150 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005151 make all
5152
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005153Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005154variable.
5155
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005156
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005157Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5158for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5159native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005160
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005162If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5163to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5164steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005165
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051661. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005167 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5168 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051692. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5170 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5171 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
51723. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5173 your board
51743. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5175 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020051764. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051775. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5178 to be installed on your target system.
51796. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5180 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005181
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005182
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005183Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5184==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005185
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005186If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5187or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005188provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5189the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005190official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005191
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005192But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5193cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005194the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5195just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005196for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5197select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5198environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5199you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005200
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005201 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005202
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005203or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005206
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005207When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5208U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5209setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5210built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5211<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5212location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5213variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005214
5215 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5216 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5217 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5218
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005219With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5220log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5221during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005222
5223
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005224See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005225
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227Monitor Commands - Overview:
5228============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005230go - start application at address 'addr'
5231run - run commands in an environment variable
5232bootm - boot application image from memory
5233bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005234bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005235tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5236 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5237 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005238tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005239rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5240diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5241loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5242loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5243md - memory display
5244mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5245nm - memory modify (constant address)
5246mw - memory write (fill)
5247cp - memory copy
5248cmp - memory compare
5249crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005250i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005251sspi - SPI utility commands
5252base - print or set address offset
5253printenv- print environment variables
5254setenv - set environment variables
5255saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5256protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5257erase - erase FLASH memory
5258flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005259nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005260bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5261iminfo - print header information for application image
5262coninfo - print console devices and informations
5263ide - IDE sub-system
5264loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005265loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005266mtest - simple RAM test
5267icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5268dcache - enable or disable data cache
5269reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5270echo - echo args to console
5271version - print monitor version
5272help - print online help
5273? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005274
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5277========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005279TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005281For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005282
5283
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005284Environment Variables:
5285======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005287U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5288can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005289
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005290Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5291"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5292without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5293environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5294working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5295environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005296
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005297Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5298
5299List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005301 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005303 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005306
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005307 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005308
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005309 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005310
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005311 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5312 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5313 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5314 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5315 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5316 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005317 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5318 bootm_mapsize.
5319
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005320 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005321 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5322 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5323 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5324 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5325 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5326 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005327
5328 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5329 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5330 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5331 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5332 environment variable.
5333
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005334 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5335 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5336 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5337
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005338 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5339 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5340 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5341 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005343 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5344 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5345 be automatically started (by internally calling
5346 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005347
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005348 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5349 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5350 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5351 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5352 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005353
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005354 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5355 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005356 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5357 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5358 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5359 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5360 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5361 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5362 access it during the boot procedure.
5363
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005364 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5365 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5366 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5367 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5368 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5369 must be accessible by the kernel.
5370
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005371 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5372 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5373 defined.
5374
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005375 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5376 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5377 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5378 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5379 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5380
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005381 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5382 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5383 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5384 is usually what you want since it allows for
5385 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5386 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005387 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005388 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5389 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5390 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5391 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005393 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5394 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5395 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5396 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5397 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5398 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005399
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005400 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005402 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5403 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5404 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5405 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5406 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5407 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5408 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005409
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005410 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005412 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5413 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005415 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005416
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005417 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005418
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005419 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005421 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005423 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005425 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005426
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005427 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5428 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005429
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005430 => setenv ethact FEC
5431 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5432 => setenv ethact SCC
5433 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005434
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005435 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5436 available network interfaces.
5437 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5438
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005439 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005440 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5441 When set to "once" the network operation will
5442 fail when all the available network interfaces
5443 are tried once without success.
5444 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5445 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005446
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005447 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005448
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005449 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005450 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5451 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5452 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5453 is silent.
5454
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005455 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005456 UDP source port.
5457
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005458 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5459 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5460
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005461 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5462 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5463
5464 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5465 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5466 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5467 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5468 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5469 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5470 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5471
5472 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005473 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005474 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005475
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005476The following image location variables contain the location of images
5477used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5478not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5479variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5480server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5481loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5482flash or offset in NAND flash.
5483
5484*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03005485boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005486boards use these variables for other purposes.
5487
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005488Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5489----- --------- ----------- --------------
5490u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5491Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5492device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5493ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005495The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5496updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5497depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005499 bootfile - see above
5500 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5501 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5502 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5503 hostname - Target hostname
5504 ipaddr - see above
5505 netmask - Subnet Mask
5506 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5507 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005508
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005510There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005512 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5513 as type string and/or serial number
5514 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005516These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5517the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5518once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005519
5520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005521Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005522
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005523 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5524 with the "version" command. This variable is
5525 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005526
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005527
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005528Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5529only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005530
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005531
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005532Callback functions for environment variables:
5533---------------------------------------------
5534
5535For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005536when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005537be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5538deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5539effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5540
5541The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5542U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5543
5544These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5545static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5546in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5547associations. The list must be in the following format:
5548
5549 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5550 list = entry[,list]
5551
5552If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5553Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5554
5555Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5556with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5557override any association in the static list. You can define
5558CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005559".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005560
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05005561If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5562regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5563the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5564
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005566Command Line Parsing:
5567=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005569There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5570the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005571
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005572Old, simple command line parser:
5573--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005574
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005575- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5576- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005577- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005578- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5579 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005580 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005581- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5582 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005584Hush shell:
5585-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005587- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5588 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5589 until...do...done, ...
5590- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5591 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5592 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5593 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005594
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005595General rules:
5596--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005597
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005598(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5599 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5600 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5601 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005602
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005603(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005604 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005605 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5606 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005608Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5609=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005610
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005611Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005612such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5613"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005615Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5616MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5617"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005619If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5620in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5621ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5622variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005623
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005624o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5625 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005627o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5628 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5629 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005631o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5632 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005634o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5635 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5636 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005637
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005638o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005639 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5640 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005641
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005642If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005643will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005644may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5645The naming convention is as follows:
5646"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005648Image Formats:
5649==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005650
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005651U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5652images in two formats:
5653
5654New uImage format (FIT)
5655-----------------------
5656
5657Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5658to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5659components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5660SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5661
5662
5663Old uImage format
5664-----------------
5665
5666Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5667preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5668details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005670* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5671 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005672 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5673 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5674 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005675* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005676 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5677 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005678* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5679* Load Address
5680* Entry Point
5681* Image Name
5682* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005683
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005684The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5685and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5686CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005687
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005689Linux Support:
5690==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005692Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5693easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5694U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005696U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5697special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5698"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5699instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5700serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005702- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5703 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5704 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005706- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5707 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005709- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5710 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5711 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5712 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5713 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5714 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005715
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005716
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005717Linux HOWTO:
5718============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005719
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005720Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5721---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5724configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5725(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5726Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005727
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005728But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005730Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5731include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005732Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5733and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005734as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005735
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005736Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5737If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5738is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5739doc/driver-model.
5740
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005741
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005742Configuring the Linux kernel:
5743-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005745No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5746device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005747
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749Building a Linux Image:
5750-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005751
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005752With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5753not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5754"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5755U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5756which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5757100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005759Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005760
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005761 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005762 make oldconfig
5763 make dep
5764 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005766The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5767encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5768CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005769
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005770* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005771
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005772* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005774 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5775 -R .note -R .comment \
5776 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005777
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005778* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005780 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005784 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5785 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5786 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005787
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005788
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005789The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5790with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5791combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5792byte header containing information about target architecture,
5793operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5794stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005796"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5797print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005799In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5800contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5801checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005803 tools/mkimage -l image
5804 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005806The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5807from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5810 -n name -d data_file image
5811 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5812 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5813 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5814 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5815 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5816 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5817 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5818 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005819
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005820Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5821address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5822kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005823
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005824- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5825- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005827So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005829 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5830 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005831 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005832 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5833 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5834 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5835 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5836 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5837 Load Address: 0x00000000
5838 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005840To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5843 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5844 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5845 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5846 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5847 Load Address: 0x00000000
5848 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005850NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5851speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5852needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5853need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005854
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005855 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005856 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5857 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005858 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005859 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5860 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5861 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5862 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5863 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5864 Load Address: 0x00000000
5865 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005866
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005868Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5869when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005871 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5872 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5873 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5874 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5875 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5876 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5877 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5878 Load Address: 0x00000000
5879 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005880
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005881The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5882option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5883option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5884from the image:
5885
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005886 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5887 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5888 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5889 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005890
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005891
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005892Installing a Linux Image:
5893-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005895To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5896you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005897
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005898 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005899
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005900The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5901image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5902address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5903specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5904command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005905
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005906Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5907TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005909 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005911 .......... done
5912 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005914 => loads 40100000
5915 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5916 ~>examples/image.srec
5917 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5918 ...
5919 15989 15990 15991 15992
5920 [file transfer complete]
5921 [connected]
5922 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005923
5924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005925You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005926this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005927corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005929 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005931 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5932 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5933 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5934 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5935 Load Address: 00000000
5936 Entry Point: 0000000c
5937 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005938
5939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005940Boot Linux:
5941-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005943The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5944memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5945of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5946parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5947"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005948
5949
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005950 => printenv bootargs
5951 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005953 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005955 => printenv bootargs
5956 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005957
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005958 => bootm 40020000
5959 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5960 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5961 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5962 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5963 Load Address: 00000000
5964 Entry Point: 0000000c
5965 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5966 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5967 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5968 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5969 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5970 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5971 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5972 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005973
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005974If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005975the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5976format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005977
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005978 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005980 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5981 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5982 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5983 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5984 Load Address: 00000000
5985 Entry Point: 0000000c
5986 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005988 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5989 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5990 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5991 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5992 Load Address: 00000000
5993 Entry Point: 00000000
5994 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005995
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005996 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5997 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5998 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5999 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6000 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6001 Load Address: 00000000
6002 Entry Point: 0000000c
6003 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6004 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6005 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
6006 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6007 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6008 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6009 Load Address: 00000000
6010 Entry Point: 00000000
6011 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6012 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
6013 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
6014 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
6015 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6016 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6017 ...
6018 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6019 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006020
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006021 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006022
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006023Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6024-----------
6025
6026First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6027titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6028following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6029flat device tree:
6030
6031=> print oftaddr
6032oftaddr=0x300000
6033=> print oft
6034oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6035=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6036Speed: 1000, full duplex
6037Using TSEC0 device
6038TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6039Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6040Load address: 0x300000
6041Loading: #
6042done
6043Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6044=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6045Speed: 1000, full duplex
6046Using TSEC0 device
6047TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6048Filename 'uImage'.
6049Load address: 0x200000
6050Loading:############
6051done
6052Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6053=> print loadaddr
6054loadaddr=200000
6055=> print oftaddr
6056oftaddr=0x300000
6057=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6058## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006059 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6060 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6061 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006062 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006063 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006064 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6065 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6066Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6067Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6068Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6069[snip]
6070
6071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006072More About U-Boot Image Types:
6073------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006075U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006076
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006077 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6078 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6079 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6080 the Standalone Program.
6081 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6082 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6083 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6084 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6085 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6086 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6087 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6088 being started.
6089 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6090 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6091 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6092 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6093 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6094 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006095
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006096 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6097 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6098 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6099 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6100 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6101 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006102
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006103 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6104 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6105 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006106
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006107 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6108 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6109 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6110 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006111
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00006112Booting the Linux zImage:
6113-------------------------
6114
6115On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6116using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6117as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6118
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04006119Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00006120kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6121address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6122format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6123
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006124
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006125Standalone HOWTO:
6126=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006127
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006128One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6129run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6130U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006132Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006134"Hello World" Demo:
6135-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006137'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6138application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6139It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6140like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006141
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006142 => loads
6143 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6144 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6145 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6146 [file transfer complete]
6147 [connected]
6148 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006150 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6151 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6152 Hello World
6153 argc = 7
6154 argv[0] = "40004"
6155 argv[1] = "Hello"
6156 argv[2] = "World!"
6157 argv[3] = "This"
6158 argv[4] = "is"
6159 argv[5] = "a"
6160 argv[6] = "test."
6161 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6162 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006164 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006165
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006166Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6167handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6168Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6169The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6170character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6171controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006173 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6174 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6175 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6176 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006178 => loads
6179 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6180 ~>examples/timer.srec
6181 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6182 [file transfer complete]
6183 [connected]
6184 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006185
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006186 => go 40004
6187 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6188 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6189 Using timer 1
6190 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006191
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006192Hit 'b':
6193 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6194 Enabling timer
6195Hit '?':
6196 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6197 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6198Hit '?':
6199 [q, b, e, ?] .
6200 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6201Hit '?':
6202 [q, b, e, ?] .
6203 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6204Hit '?':
6205 [q, b, e, ?] .
6206 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6207Hit 'e':
6208 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6209Hit 'q':
6210 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006211
6212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006213Minicom warning:
6214================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006215
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006216Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6217"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6218consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6219Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6220especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006221use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6222http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6223for help with kermit.
6224
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006226Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6227configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006229 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6230 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6231 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006232
6233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006234NetBSD Notes:
6235=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006237Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6238(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006240Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6241NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6242need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6243Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6244attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6245missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006246
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006247 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6248 # mkdir powerpc
6249 # ln -s powerpc machine
6250 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6251 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006253Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6254and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006255
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006256Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6257stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6258proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6259tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006260meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006261
6262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006263Implementation Internals:
6264=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006266The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6267implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6268inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6269hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006270
6271
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006272Initial Stack, Global Data:
6273---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006275The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6276starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6277system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6278This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6279is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6280at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6281options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6282models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6283MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6284locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006285
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006286 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006287 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006289 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6290 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6291 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6292 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006293
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006294 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6295 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6296 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6297 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6298 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006299 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006300 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6301 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006303 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6304 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006305 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006306 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6307 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6308 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6309 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006310
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006311 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006312 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6313 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006314 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006315 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6316 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6317 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6318 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6319 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006321 -Chris Hallinan
6322 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006324It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6325code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006327* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6328 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006329
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006330* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006331 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6332 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006333
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006334* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6335 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006336
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006337Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006338normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006339turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6340simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6341functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6342functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6343the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6344place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6345reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006347When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6348relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6349GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006351For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6352 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006353 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006354 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6355 R5-R10: parameter passing
6356 R13: small data area pointer
6357 R30: GOT pointer
6358 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006359
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006360 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6361 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6362 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006363
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006364 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006366 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6367 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6368 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6369 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6370 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6371 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006372
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006373On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006374 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6375
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006376 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006377
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006378On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006380 R0: function argument word/integer result
6381 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006382 R9: platform specific
6383 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006384 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6385 R12: temporary workspace
6386 R13: stack pointer
6387 R14: link register
6388 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006389
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006390 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6391
6392 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006393
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006394On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6395 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6396
6397 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6398
6399 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6400 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6401
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006402On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6403
6404 R0-R1: argument/return
6405 R2-R5: argument
6406 R15: temporary register for assembler
6407 R16: trampoline register
6408 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6409 R29: global pointer (GP)
6410 R30: link register (LP)
6411 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6412 PC: program counter (PC)
6413
6414 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6415
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006416NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6417or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006418
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006419Memory Management:
6420------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006422U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6423MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006425The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6426controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6427memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6428physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006430U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6431TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6432booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6433to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006434memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006435configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6436Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006438Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6439of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006441So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6442this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006443
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006444 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6445 :
6446 0x0000 1FFF
6447 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6448 :
6449 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006450
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006451 :
6452 :
6453 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6454 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6455 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6456 :
6457 0x00FD FFFF
6458 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6459 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6460 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6461 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006462
6463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006464System Initialization:
6465----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006467In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006468(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006469configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006470To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6471To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6472initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6473which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6474part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6475the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006476
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006477Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6478preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6479(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6480on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6481programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6482simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6483banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006484
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006485When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6486different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6487bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
64880x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6489contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006490
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006491Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6492and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6493Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6494pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006496Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6497until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6498running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6499new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006500
6501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006502U-Boot Porting Guide:
6503----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006504
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006505[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6506list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006507
6508
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006509int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006510{
6511 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006512
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006513 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6514 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006516 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006517 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006518 return 0;
6519 }
6520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006521 Download latest U-Boot source;
6522
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006523 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006524
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006525 if (clueless)
6526 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006527
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006528 while (learning) {
6529 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006530 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6531 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006532 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006533 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006534 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006535
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006536 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6537 Buy a BDI3000;
6538 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006539 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006540
6541 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6542 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6543 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6544 } else {
6545 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6546 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006547 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006548 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6549 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006550
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006551 while (!accepted) {
6552 while (!running) {
6553 do {
6554 Add / modify source code;
6555 } until (compiles);
6556 Debug;
6557 if (clueless)
6558 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6559 }
6560 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6561 if (reasonable critiques)
6562 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6563 else
6564 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006565 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006567 return 0;
6568}
6569
6570void no_more_time (int sig)
6571{
6572 hire_a_guru();
6573}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006574
6575
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006576Coding Standards:
6577-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006579All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006580coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006581"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006582
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006583Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6584MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006585reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006586sources.
6587
6588Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6589Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6590in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006591
6592Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6593- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006594- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006595- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006596- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006597- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6598
6599Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6600with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006601
6602
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006603Submitting Patches:
6604-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006606Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6607establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6608may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006609
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006610Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006611
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006612Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6613see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006615When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6616it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006618* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6619 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6620 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006622* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6623 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006625* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6626
6627* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6628
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006629* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6630 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006631
6632* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6633 document these in the README file.
6634
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006635* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6636 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006637 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006638 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6639 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006640
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006641 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6642 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6643 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006644
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006645 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6646 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6647 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6648 affected files).
6649
6650 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6651 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006652
6653* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6654 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6655
6656* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6657 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6658
6659
6660Notes:
6661
6662* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6663 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6664 for any of the boards.
6665
6666* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6667 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6668 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6669
6670* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6671 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6672 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6673 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6674 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6675 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006676
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006677* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6678 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6679 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6680 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.